]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - src/basic/linux/nl80211.h
c14a91bbca7c9e6000978174becfa3e52982d1d2
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / src / basic / linux / nl80211.h
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30 /*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60 /**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86 /**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123 /**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156 /**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213 /**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251 /**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264 /**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280 /**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303 /**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326 /**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337 /**
338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
339 *
340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
343 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
353 * compatibility only.
354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
359 *
360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
378 *
379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
382 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
383 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
385 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
386 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
387 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
389 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
390 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
391 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
393 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
394 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 *
397 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
399 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
400 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
401 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
402 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
404 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
405 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
406 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
407 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
408 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
409 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
410 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
412 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
413 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
414 * attributes determining channel width.
415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
418 *
419 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
423 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
425 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
426 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
427 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
429 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
430 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
431 * frame).
432 *
433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
434 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
435 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
437 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
439 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
440 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
441 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
442 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
444 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
447 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
448 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 *
451 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
452 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
453 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
454 * global regdomain will be returned.
455 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
456 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
457 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
458 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
459 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
460 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
461 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
462 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
463 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
464 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
465 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
466 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
467 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
468 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
469 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
470 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
473 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
474 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
475 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
476 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
477 *
478 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
479 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
480 *
481 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
482 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
483 *
484 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
485 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
486 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
487 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
488 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
489 * added to all specified management frames generated by
490 * kernel/firmware/driver.
491 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
492 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
493 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
494 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
495 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
496 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
497 *
498 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
499 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
501 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
502 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
503 * be used.
504 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
505 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
506 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
507 * partial scan results may be available
508 *
509 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
510 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
511 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
512 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
513 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
514 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
515 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
516 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
517 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
518 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
519 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
520 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
521 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
522 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
523 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
524 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
525 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
526 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
527 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
528 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
529 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
530 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
532 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
533 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
534 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
535 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
536 * results available.
537 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
538 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
539 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
540 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
541 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
542 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
543 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
544 *
545 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
546 * or noise level
547 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
548 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
549 *
550 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
551 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
552 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
553 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
555 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
556 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
557 * ESS.
558 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
559 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
561 * authentication.
562 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
563 *
564 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
565 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
566 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
567 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
569 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
570 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
571 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
572 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
573 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
574 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
575 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
576 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
577 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
578 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
579 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
580 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
581 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
582 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
583 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
584 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
585 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
586 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
587 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
588 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
589 * the beacon hint was processed.
590 *
591 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
592 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
593 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
594 * authentication process.
595 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
596 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
597 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
598 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
599 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
600 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
601 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
602 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
603 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
604 * to the frame.
605 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
606 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
607 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
608 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
609 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
610 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
611 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
612 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
613 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
614 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
615 * pending authentication timed out).
616 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
617 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
618 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
619 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
620 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
621 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
622 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
623 * included).
624 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
625 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
626 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
627 * primitives).
628 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
629 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
630 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
631 *
632 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
633 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
634 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
635 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
636 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
637 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
638 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
639 *
640 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
641 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
642 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
643 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
644 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
645 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
646 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
647 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
648 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
649 * determined by the network interface.
650 *
651 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
652 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
653 * to the driver.
654 *
655 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
656 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
657 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
658 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
659 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
660 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
662 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
664 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
666 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
667 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
668 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
669 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
670 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
671 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
672 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
675 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
676 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
677 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
678 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
679 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
680 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
681 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
682 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
684 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
685 * a different BSS is desired.
686 * Background scan period can optionally be
687 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
688 * if not specified default background scan configuration
689 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
690 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
691 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
692 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
693 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
694 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
695 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
696 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
697 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
698 * well to remain backwards compatible.
699 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
700 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
701 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
702 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
703 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
704 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
705 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
707 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
708 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
709 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
710 *
711 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
712 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
713 *
714 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
715 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
716 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
717 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
718 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
719 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
720 * frequency for the operation.
721 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
722 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
723 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
724 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
725 * radio).
726 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
727 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
728 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
729 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
730 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
731 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
732 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
733 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
734 * uniquely identify the request.
735 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
736 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
737 *
738 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
739 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
740 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
743 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
744 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
745 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
746 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
747 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
748 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
749 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
750 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
751 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
752 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
753 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
754 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
755 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
756 * backward compatibility
757 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
758 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
759 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
760 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
761 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
762 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
763 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
764 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
765 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
766 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
767 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
768 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
769 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
770 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
771 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
772 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
773 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
774 * is used during CSA period.
775 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
776 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
777 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
778 * lower layers.
779 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
780 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
781 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
782 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
783 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
784 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
785 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
786 * wait time.
787 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
788 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
789 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
790 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
791 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
792 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
793 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
794 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
796 * backward compatibility.
797 *
798 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
799 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
800 *
801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
802 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
803 * levels.
804 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
805 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
806 * reached.
807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
808 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
809 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
810 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
811 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
812 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
813 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
814 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
815 * precedence when they are used.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
818 * (no longer supported).
819 *
820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
821 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
822 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
823 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
824 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
825 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
826 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
827 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
828 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
829 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
830 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
831 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
832 * command, the feature is disabled.
833 *
834 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
835 * mesh config parameters may be given.
836 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
837 * network is determined by the network interface.
838 *
839 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
840 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
841 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
843 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
844 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
847 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
848 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
849 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
850 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
851 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
852 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
853 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
854 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
855 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
856 * depending on the authentication result.
857 *
858 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
859 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
860 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
861 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
862 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
863 * more background information, see
864 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
865 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
866 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
867 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
868 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
869 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
870 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
871 *
872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
873 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
874 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
875 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
876 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
877 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
878 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
879 *
880 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
881 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
882 *
883 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
884 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
885 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
886 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
887 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
889 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
892 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
893 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
894 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
895 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
896 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
897 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
898 *
899 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
900 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
901 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
902 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
903 * is received.
904 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
905 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
906 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
907 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
908 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
909 *
910 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
911 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
912 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
913 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
914 *
915 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
916 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
917 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
918 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
919 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
920 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
921 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
922 *
923 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
924 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
925 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
926 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
927 *
928 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
929 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
932 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
933 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
934 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
935 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
936 * from the remote AP) is completed;
937 *
938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
939 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
940 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
941 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
942 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
943 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
944 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
945 * interfaces to change channel as well.
946 *
947 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
948 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
949 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
950 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
951 * public action frame TX.
952 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
953 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
954 *
955 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
956 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
957 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
958 * is used for this.
959 *
960 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
961 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
962 *
963 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
964 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
965 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
966 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
967 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
968 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
969 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
970 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
971 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
972 *
973 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
974 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
975 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
976 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
977 * while operating on this channel.
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
979 * event.
980 *
981 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
982 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
983 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
984 *
985 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
986 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
987 *
988 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
989 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
990 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
991 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
994 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
995 * complete.
996 *
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
998 * return back to normal.
999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1002 *
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1004 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1005 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1006 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1007 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1008 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1009 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1010 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1011 * switch is complete.
1012 *
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1014 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1017 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1018 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1019 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1020 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1021 *
1022 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1023 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1024 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1025 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1026 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1027 *
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1030 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1031 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1032 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1033 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1034 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1035 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1036 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1037 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1038 * fail even if the check was successful.
1039 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1041 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1042 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1043 *
1044 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1045 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1047 *
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1049 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1050 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1051 * network is determined by the network interface.
1052 *
1053 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1054 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1055 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1056 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1058 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1059 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1060 * AP.
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1062 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1063 * when this command completes.
1064 *
1065 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1066 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1067 * management.
1068 *
1069 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1070 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1071 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1072 *
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1074 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1075 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1076 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1077 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1078 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1080 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1081 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1082 * added.
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1084 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1085 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1086 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1087 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1088 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1089 * of the function upon success.
1090 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1091 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1092 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1093 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1094 * which just terminated.
1095 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1096 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1097 * the response to this command.
1098 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1099 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1100 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1101 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1102 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1103 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1104 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1105 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1106 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1107 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1108 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1109 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1110 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1111 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1112 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1113 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1114 *
1115 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1116 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1117 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1118 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1119 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1120 *
1121 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1122 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1123 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1124 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1125 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1126 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1127 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1129 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1130 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1131 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1132 * should be indicated instead.
1133 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1134 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1135 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1136 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1137 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1138 * 802.11 headers.
1139 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1140 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1141 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1142 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1143 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1144 * address of that link.
1145 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1146 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1147 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1148 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1149 *
1150 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1151 *
1152 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1153 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1154 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1155 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1156 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1157 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1158 *
1159 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1160 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1161 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1162 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1163 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1164 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1165 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1166 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1167 * command interface.
1168 *
1169 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1170 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1171 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1172 *
1173 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1174 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1175 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1176 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1177 *
1178 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1179 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1180 *
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1182 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1183 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1184 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1185 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1186 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1187 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1188 * the netlink extended ack message.
1189 *
1190 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1191 *
1192 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1193 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1194 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1195 * buffer size.
1196 *
1197 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1198 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1200 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1201 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1202 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1203 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1204 *
1205 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1206 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1207 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1208 * determining the width and type.
1209 *
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1211 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1212 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1213 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1214 *
1215 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1216 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1217 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1218 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1219 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1220 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1221 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1222 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1223 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1224 * rate selection.
1225 *
1226 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1227 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1228 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1229 *
1230 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1231 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1232 *
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1234 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1235 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1236 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1237 *
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1239 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1240 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1241 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1242 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1243 *
1244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1245 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1246 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1247 *
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1249 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1250 *
1251 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1252 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1253 *
1254 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1255 * started
1256 *
1257 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1258 * been aborted
1259 *
1260 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1261 * has completed
1262 *
1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1264 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1265 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1266 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1267 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1268 *
1269 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1270 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1271 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1272 * specify the timeout value.
1273 *
1274 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1275 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1277 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1278 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1279 *
1280 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1285 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1286 */
1287 enum nl80211_commands {
1288 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1289 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1290
1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1294 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1295
1296 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1298 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1299 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1300
1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1303 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1304 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1305
1306 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1307 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1308 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1309 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1310 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1311 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1312
1313 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1314 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1315 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1316 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1317
1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1319 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1320 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1321 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1322
1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1324
1325 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1326 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1327
1328 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1329 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1330
1331 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1332
1333 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1334
1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1336 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1337 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1338 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1339
1340 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1341
1342 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1343 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1344 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1345 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1346
1347 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1348
1349 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1350
1351 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1352 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1353
1354 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1355
1356 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1357 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1358 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1359
1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1361
1362 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1363 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1364
1365 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1366 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1367 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1368
1369 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1370 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1371
1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1373
1374 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1376 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1377 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1378 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1379 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1380
1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1382 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1383
1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1385 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1386
1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1389
1390 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1391
1392 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1393 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1394
1395 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1396 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1397
1398 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1399
1400 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1401 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1402
1403 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1404 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1405 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1406 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1407
1408 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1409
1410 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1411
1412 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1413 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1414
1415 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1416
1417 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1418
1419 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1420
1421 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1422
1423 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1424
1425 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1426
1427 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1428 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1429
1430 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1431
1432 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1433
1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1435
1436 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1437
1438 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1441 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1442
1443 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1444 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1445
1446 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1447 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1448
1449 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1450
1451 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1452
1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1454
1455 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1456 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1457
1458 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1459
1460 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1461 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1462
1463 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1464
1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1467
1468 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1469
1470 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1473 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1474 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1475 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1476 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1477 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1478
1479 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1480
1481 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1482
1483 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1484 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1485
1486 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1489
1490 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1491
1492 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1493
1494 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1495
1496 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1497
1498 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1499 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1500 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1501
1502 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1503
1504 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1507
1508 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1509
1510 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1511
1512 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1513
1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1519
1520 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1521 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1522 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1523
1524 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1525
1526 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1527
1528 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1529 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1530
1531 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1532 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1533 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1534
1535 /* add new commands above here */
1536
1537 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1538 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1539 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1540 };
1541
1542 /*
1543 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1544 * here
1545 */
1546 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1547 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1548 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1549 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1550 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1551 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1552 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1553 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1554
1555 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1556
1557 /* source-level API compatibility */
1558 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1559 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1560 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1561
1562 /**
1563 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1564 *
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1566 *
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1568 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1572 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1573 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1574 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1575 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1577 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1578 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1580 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1581 * operating channel center frequency.
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1583 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1585 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1586 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1587 * this attribute)
1588 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1589 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1590 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1591 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1593 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1594 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1596 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1597 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1599 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1600 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1602 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1603 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1605 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1606 *
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1612 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1613 *
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1615 *
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1617 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1618 * keys
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1621 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1623 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1626 * default management key
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1628 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1630 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1636 *
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1639 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1641 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1643 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1644 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1646 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1648 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1649 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1650 *
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1652 * consisting of a nested array.
1653 *
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1656 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1659 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1660 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1661 *
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1663 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1664 *
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1666 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1667 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1668 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1669 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1670 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1671 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1672 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1673 * to a specific alpha2.
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1675 * rules.
1676 *
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1679 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1681 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1683 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1684 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1687 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1690 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1691 * of the interface mode.
1692 *
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1694 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1697 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1698 *
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1700 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1702 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1704 * that can be added to a scan request
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1706 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1708 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1712 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1714 *
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1716 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1718 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1719 *
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1721 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1722 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1725 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1726 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1729 * represented as a u32
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1731 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1734 * a u32
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1737 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1738 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1739 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1740 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1742 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1743 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1744 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1745 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1748 * cipher suites
1749 *
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1751 * for other networks on different channels
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1754 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1757 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1758 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1759 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1760 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1761 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1762 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1763 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1766 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1769 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1770 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1771 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1772 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1773 * default in station mode.
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1775 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1776 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1777 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1778 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1779 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1782 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1784 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1785 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1786 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1787 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1788 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1789 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1790 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1791 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1792 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1795 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1796 *
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1798 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1799 * a local disconnect request.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1801 * event (u16)
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1803 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1804 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1807 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1808 * (an array of u32).
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1810 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1811 * u32).
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1813 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1814 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1816 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1817 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1818 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1819 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1820 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1821 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1822 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1825 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1827 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1828 *
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1830 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1831 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1832 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1833 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1836 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1838 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1839 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1842 *
1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1844 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1845 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1846 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1847 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1848 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1849 * completely from scratch.
1850 *
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1854 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1855 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1859 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1860 *
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1863 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1864 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1867 *
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1869 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1870 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1871 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1872 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1873 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1874 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1875 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1876 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1877 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1878 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1879 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1880 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1883 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1885 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1887 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1888 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1889 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1891 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1892 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1893 *
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1895 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1900 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1901 *
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1903 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1904 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1905 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1906 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1909 * connected to this BSS.
1910 *
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1912 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1914 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1915 * for non-automatic settings.
1916 *
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1918 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1921 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1922 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1923 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1924 *
1925 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1926 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1927 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1928 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1929 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1930 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1931 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1932 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1933 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1934 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1935 *
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1937 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1938 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1939 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1940 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1941 *
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1943 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1946 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1949 *
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1951 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1952 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1953 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1954 * nl80211 capability flag.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1959 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1960 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1961 *
1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1963 * changed once the mesh is active.
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1965 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1967 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1968 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1970 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1971 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1972 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1973 *
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1975 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1977 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1978 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1979 * triggers.
1980 *
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1982 * cycles, in msecs.
1983 *
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1985 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1986 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1987 * pass-thru filter rules.
1988 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1989 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1990 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1991 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1992 * able to ignore them by itself.
1993 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1994 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1995 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1996 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1997 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1998 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1999 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2000 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2003 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2004 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2006 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2007 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2008 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2009 *
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2011 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2012 *
2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2014 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2015 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2016 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2019 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2020 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2021 *
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2023 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2024 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2025 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2027 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2028 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2029 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2030 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2033 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2035 * as AP.
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2038 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2041 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2042 *
2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2044 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2045 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2046 * applications use this attribute.
2047 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2048 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2051 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2052 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2054 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2056 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2058 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2060 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2061 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2062 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2063 *
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2065 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2066 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2067 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2070 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2071 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2072 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2073 *
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2075 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2077 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2078 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2079 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2080 *
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2082 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2083 * to be filled by the FW.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2085 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2086 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2088 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2089 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2091 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2092 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2094 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2095 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2096 * The values that may be configured are:
2097 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2098 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2099 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2100 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2101 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2102 *
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2104 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2105 * to one DFS region.
2106 *
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2108 * up to 16 TIDs.
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2111 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2112 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2113 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2114 * capability to timeout the stations.
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2117 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2118 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2121 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2124 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2125 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2126 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2127 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2128 *
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2130 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2131 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2134 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2135 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2136 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2137 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2138 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2139 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2140 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2141 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2142 * consistent.
2143 *
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2145 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2146 *
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2148 *
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2150 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2152 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2153 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2154 * no change is made.
2155 *
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2157 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2158 *
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2160 * carried in a u32 attribute
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2163 * MAC ACL.
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2166 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2167 * ACL.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2170 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2173 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2174 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2176 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2177 *
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2179 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2180 *
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2182 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2183 * and PU-APSD.
2184 *
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2186 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2187 *
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2189 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2190 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2191 *
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2193 *
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2195 * Element
2196 *
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2198 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2200 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2201 *
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2203 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2204 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2205 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2206 *
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2210 * until the channel switch event.
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2212 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2213 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2214 * was requested by the AP.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2216 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2218 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2220 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2221 *
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2223 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2226 *
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2228 * operating classes.
2229 *
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2231 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2232 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2233 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2234 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2235 * IBSS network.
2236 *
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2238 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2240 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2241 *
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2243 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2244 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2245 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2246 * u8 attribute.
2247 *
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2249 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2252 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2254 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2255 *
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2257 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2258 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2259 *
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2262 *
2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2264 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2265 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2266 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2267 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2268 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2269 *
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2271 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2273 * supported number of csa counters.
2274 *
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2276 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2279 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2280 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2281 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2282 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2283 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2284 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2285 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2286 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2287 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2288 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2289 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2290 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2291 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2292 * multicast group.
2293 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2294 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2295 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2296 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2297 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2298 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2299 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2300 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2301 *
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2303 * the TDLS link initiator.
2304 *
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2306 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2307 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2308 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2309 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2310 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2311 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2312 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2313 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2314 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2315 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2316 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2317 *
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2319 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2320 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2321 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2322 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2323 *
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2327 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2328 *
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2330 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2331 *
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2333 *
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2335 *
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2337 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2338 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2339 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2340 *
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2342 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2343 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2344 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2345 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2346 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2347 *
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2349 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2350 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2351 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2352 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2353 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2354 * over all channels.
2355 *
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2357 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2358 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2359 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2360
2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2362 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2363 *
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2365 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2367 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2369 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2371 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2372 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2373 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2374 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2375 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2377 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2378 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2379 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2381 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2382 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2383 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2384 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2385 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2386 *
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2388 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2389 *
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2391 *
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2394 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2395 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2396 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2397 * present.
2398 *
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2400 * groupID for monitor mode.
2401 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2402 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2403 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2404 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2405 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2406 * each group.
2407 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2408 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2409 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2410 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2411 * groupID data.
2412 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2414 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2415 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2416 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2417 *
2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2419 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2420 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2421 * attribute must not be included).
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2423 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2425 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2426 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2427 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2428 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2430 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2431 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2432 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2433 *
2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2435 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2436 *
2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2438 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2439 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2440 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2441 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2443 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2444 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2445 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2446 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2447 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2448 * the device will decide what to use.
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2450 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2451 * attribute.
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2455 * protection.
2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2457 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2458 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2459 *
2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2461 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2462 *
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2464 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2465 *
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2467 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2468 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2469 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2470 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2471 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2472 * unnecessary wakeups.
2473 *
2474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2475 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2476 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2477 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2478 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2479 *
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2481 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2482 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2483 *
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2485 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2486 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2487 *
2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2489 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2490 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2491 *
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2493 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2494 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2495 *
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2497 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2498 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2499 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2500 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2501 *
2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2503 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2504 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2505 *
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2507 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2508 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2509 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2510 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2511 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2512 * is included as well.
2513 *
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2515 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2517 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2518 *
2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2520 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2521 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2524 *
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2526 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2527 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2528 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2530 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2531 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2532 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2533 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2534 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2535 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2536 *
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2538 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2539 *
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2541 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2543 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2545 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2546 * enforced.
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2548 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2550 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2551 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2552 *
2553 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2554 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2555 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2556 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2557 *
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2559 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2560 *
2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2562 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2563 * invalid value.
2564 *
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2566 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2567 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2568 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2569 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2570 *
2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2572 * scheduler.
2573 *
2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2575 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2576 * possible values.
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2578 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2579 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2580 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2581 * or per-station.
2582 *
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2584 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2585 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2586 *
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2588 *
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2590 * functionality.
2591 *
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2593 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2594 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2596 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2597 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2598 *
2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2600 * (u16).
2601 *
2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2603 *
2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2605 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2606 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2607 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2608 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2609 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2610 *
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2612 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2613 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2614 * attributes.
2615 *
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2617 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2618 *
2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2620 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2621 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2622 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2623 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2624 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2625 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2626 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2627 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2628 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2629 *
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2631 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2632 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2633 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2634 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2635 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2636 * has expired.
2637 *
2638 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2639 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2640 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2641 * disassociation is still forced.
2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2643 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2644 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2645 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2646 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2648 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2650 *
2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2652 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2653 *
2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2655 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2656 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2657 *
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2659 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2660 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2661 *
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2663 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2665 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2666 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2667 *
2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2669 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2670 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2671 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2672 *
2673 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2674 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2675 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2676 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2677 *
2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2679 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2680 * is desired.
2681 *
2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2683 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2684 *
2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2686 * until the color switch event.
2687 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2688 * switching to
2689 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2690 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2691 *
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2693 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2694 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2695 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2696 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2697 * parameters.
2698 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2699 *
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2701 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2702 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2703 *
2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2705 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2706 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2707 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2708 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2709 * radar channel.
2710 *
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2712 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2713 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2714 *
2715 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2716 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2717 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2718 *
2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2720 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2722 * per-link information and a link ID.
2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2724 * authenticate/associate.
2725 *
2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2727 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2728 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2729 *
2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2731 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2732 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2733 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2734 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2735 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2736 *
2737 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2739 *
2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2741 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2742 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2743 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2744 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2745 * the ack TX timestamp.
2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2747 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2748 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2749 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2750 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2751 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2753 * (re)associations.
2754 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2755 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2756 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2757 */
2758 enum nl80211_attrs {
2759 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2760 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2761
2762 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2764
2765 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2767 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2768
2769 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2770
2771 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2772 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2776
2777 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2781
2782 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2783 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2784 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2786 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2787 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2788
2789 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2790
2791 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2792
2793 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2794 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2796 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2797
2798 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2799 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2803
2804 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2805
2806 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2807 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2808
2809 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2810
2811 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2812
2813 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2818
2819 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2820 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2821
2822 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2823
2824 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2825 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2826 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2827 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2828
2829 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2831
2832 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2833
2834 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2836 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2837 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2838
2839 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2840
2841 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2842 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2843
2844 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2845 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2846
2847 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2848
2849
2850 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2851 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2852 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2853 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2854
2855 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2856
2857 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2858
2859 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2860
2861 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2862
2863 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2864
2865 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2866
2867 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2869
2870 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2872 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2874
2875 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2876 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2877
2878 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2879
2880 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2881 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2882
2883 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2884
2885 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2886
2887 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2888
2889 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2891
2892 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2893
2894 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2895
2896 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2897
2898 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2899
2900 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2901
2902 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2903
2904 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2905
2906 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2907
2908 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2909
2910 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2911
2912 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2914
2915 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2916 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2918
2919 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2923
2924 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2926
2927 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2928
2929 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2930
2931 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2932
2933 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2934
2935 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2936
2937 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2941
2942 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2944
2945 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2947
2948 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2949
2950 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2952
2953 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2957
2958 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2959
2960 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2961
2962 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2964
2965 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2967
2968 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2969
2970 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2972
2973 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2976
2977 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2979 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2982
2983 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2984
2985 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2986
2987 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2988
2989 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2990
2991 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2992
2993 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2994
2995 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2997
2998 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2999
3000 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3001
3002 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3003
3004 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3005
3006 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3007
3008 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3009
3010 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3011
3012 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3013
3014 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3015
3016 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3017
3018 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3019 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3021
3022 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3023 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3024
3025 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3026
3027 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3028
3029 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3030
3031 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3032
3033 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3034
3035 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3040
3041 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3046
3047 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3049
3050 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3052
3053 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3054
3055 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3056
3057 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3060 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3062
3063 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3064
3065 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3066
3067 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3068
3069 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3070
3071 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3072 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3073
3074 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3075
3076 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3077 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3078 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3079 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3082
3083 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3084 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3085
3086 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3087
3088 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3089
3090 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3091
3092 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3094
3095 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3096
3097 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3098
3099 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3100
3101 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3102 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3104
3105 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3106
3107 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3108
3109 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3110
3111 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3112
3113 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3114
3115 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3116
3117 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3120
3121 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3122
3123 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3124 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3125 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3126 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3127
3128 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3133
3134 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3135
3136 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3137
3138 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3140
3141 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3143 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3144 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3145
3146 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3147
3148 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3149 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3150 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3151 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3152
3153 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3154 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3155
3156 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3157
3158 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3159
3160 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3161 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3162
3163 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3164
3165 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3169 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3170
3171 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3172
3173 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3175
3176 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3179
3180 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3181 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3182
3183 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3184 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3185
3186 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3187
3188 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3190 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3191 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3192
3193 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3196
3197 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3198
3199 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3200
3201 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3202
3203 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3204 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3205 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3206
3207 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3208
3209 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3210
3211 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3212
3213 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3215
3216 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3217
3218 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3219
3220 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3221
3222 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3223
3224 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3225
3226 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3227 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3228
3229 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3230 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3232 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3233
3234 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3235
3236 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3237
3238 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3239
3240 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3242
3243 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3244
3245 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3246
3247 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3248
3249 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3255 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3256
3257 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3258 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3259
3260 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3261
3262 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3263
3264 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3265
3266 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3267
3268 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3269 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3271
3272 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3273
3274 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3275
3276 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3277 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3278
3279 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3281 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3282
3283 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3284
3285 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3286 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3287 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3288 };
3289
3290 /* source-level API compatibility */
3291 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3292 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3293 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3294 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3295 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3296 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3297
3298 /*
3299 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3300 * here
3301 */
3302 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3303 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3304 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3305 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3306 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3307 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3308 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3309 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3310 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3311 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3312 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3313 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3314 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3315 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3316 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3317 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3318 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3319 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3320 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3321 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3322 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3323
3324 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3325
3326 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3327 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3328 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3329 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3330 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3331 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3332 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3333 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3334 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3335 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3336 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3337
3338 /*
3339 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3340 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3341 */
3342 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3343 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3344 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3345
3346 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3347
3348 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3349 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3350
3351 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3352
3353 /**
3354 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3355 *
3356 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3357 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3358 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3359 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3360 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3361 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3362 * AP type interface.
3363 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3364 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3365 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3366 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3367 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3368 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3369 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3370 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3371 * commands to create and destroy one
3372 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3373 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3374 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3375 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3376 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3377 *
3378 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3379 * to set the type of an interface.
3380 *
3381 */
3382 enum nl80211_iftype {
3383 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3384 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3385 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3386 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3387 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3388 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3389 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3390 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3391 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3392 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3393 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3394 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3395 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3396
3397 /* keep last */
3398 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3399 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3400 };
3401
3402 /**
3403 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3404 *
3405 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3406 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3407 *
3408 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3409 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3410 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3411 * with short barker preamble
3412 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3413 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3414 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3415 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3416 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3417 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3418 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3419 * as errors.)
3420 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3421 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3422 * previously added station into associated state
3423 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3424 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3425 */
3426 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3427 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3428 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3429 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3430 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3431 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3432 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3433 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3434 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3435
3436 /* keep last */
3437 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3438 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3439 };
3440
3441 /**
3442 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3443 *
3444 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3445 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3446 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3447 */
3448 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3449 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3450 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3451
3452 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3453 };
3454
3455 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3456
3457 /**
3458 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3459 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3460 * @set: which values to set them to
3461 *
3462 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3463 */
3464 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3465 __u32 mask;
3466 __u32 set;
3467 } __attribute__((packed));
3468
3469 /**
3470 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3471 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3472 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3473 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3474 */
3475 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3476 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3477 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3478 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3479 };
3480
3481 /**
3482 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3483 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3484 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3485 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3486 */
3487 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3488 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3489 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3490 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3491 };
3492
3493 /**
3494 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3495 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3496 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3499 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3500 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3501 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3502 */
3503 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3504 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3505 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3506 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3507 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3508 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3509 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3510 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3511 };
3512
3513 /**
3514 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3515 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3516 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3517 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3518 */
3519 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3520 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3521 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3522 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3523 };
3524
3525 /**
3526 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3528 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3529 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3530 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3531 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3532 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3533 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3534 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3535 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3536 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3537 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3538 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3539 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3540 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3541 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3542 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3543 */
3544 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3545 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3553 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3554 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3555 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3556 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3557 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3558 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3559 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3560 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3561 };
3562
3563 /**
3564 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3565 *
3566 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3567 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3568 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3569 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3570 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3571 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3572 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3573 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3574 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3575 *
3576 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3577 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3578 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3579 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3580 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3581 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3582 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3583 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3584 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3587 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3588 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3589 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3590 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3591 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3592 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3593 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3594 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3595 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3597 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3598 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3599 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3600 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3601 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3602 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3603 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3604 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3605 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3606 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3608 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3609 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3610 */
3611 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3612 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3614 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3615 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3616 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3617 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3625 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3626 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3635
3636 /* keep last */
3637 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3638 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3639 };
3640
3641 /**
3642 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3643 *
3644 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3645 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3646 *
3647 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3648 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3649 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3650 * (flag)
3651 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3652 * (flag)
3653 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3654 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3655 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3656 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3657 */
3658 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3659 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3660 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3661 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3662 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3663 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3664 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3665
3666 /* keep last */
3667 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3668 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3669 };
3670
3671 /**
3672 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3673 *
3674 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3675 * when getting information about a station.
3676 *
3677 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3678 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3679 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3680 * (u32, from this station)
3681 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3682 * (u32, to this station)
3683 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3684 * (u64, from this station)
3685 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3686 * (u64, to this station)
3687 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3688 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3689 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3690 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3691 * (u32, from this station)
3692 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3693 * (u32, to this station)
3694 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3695 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3696 * (u32, to this station)
3697 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3698 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3699 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3700 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3701 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3702 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3703 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3704 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3705 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3706 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3707 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3708 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3709 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3710 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3711 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3712 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3713 * non-peer STA
3714 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3715 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3716 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3717 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3718 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3719 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3720 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3721 * (u64)
3722 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3723 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3724 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3725 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3726 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3727 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3728 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3729 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3730 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3731 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3732 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3733 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3734 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3735 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3736 * (u32, from this station)
3737 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3738 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3739 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3740 * might not be fully accurate.
3741 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3742 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3743 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3744 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3745 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3746 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3747 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3748 * of STA's association
3749 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3750 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3751 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3752 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3753 */
3754 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3755 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3756 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3757 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3758 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3759 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3760 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3761 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3762 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3763 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3764 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3765 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3766 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3767 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3768 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3769 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3770 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3771 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3772 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3773 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3774 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3775 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3776 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3777 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3778 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3779 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3780 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3781 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3782 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3783 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3784 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3785 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3786 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3787 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3788 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3789 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3790 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3791 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3792 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3793 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3794 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3795 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3796 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3797 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3798 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3799
3800 /* keep last */
3801 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3802 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3803 };
3804
3805 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3806 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3807
3808
3809 /**
3810 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3811 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3812 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3813 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3814 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3815 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3816 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3817 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3818 * MSDUs (u64)
3819 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3820 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3821 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3822 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3823 */
3824 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3825 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3826 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3827 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3828 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3829 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3830 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3831 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3832
3833 /* keep last */
3834 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3835 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3836 };
3837
3838 /**
3839 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3840 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3841 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3842 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3843 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3844 * backlogged
3845 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3846 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3847 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3848 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3849 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3850 * (only for per-phy stats)
3851 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3852 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3853 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3854 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3855 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3856 */
3857 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3858 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3859 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3860 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3861 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3862 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3863 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3864 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3865 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3866 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3867 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3868 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3869 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3870
3871 /* keep last */
3872 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3873 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3874 };
3875
3876 /**
3877 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3878 *
3879 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3880 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3881 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3882 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3883 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3884 */
3885 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3886 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3887 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3888 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3889 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3890 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3891 };
3892
3893 /**
3894 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3895 *
3896 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3897 * information about a mesh path.
3898 *
3899 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3900 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3901 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3902 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3903 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3904 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3905 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3906 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3907 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3908 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3909 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3910 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3911 * currently defined
3912 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3913 */
3914 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3915 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3916 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3917 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3918 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3919 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3920 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3921 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3922 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3923 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3924 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3925
3926 /* keep last */
3927 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3928 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3929 };
3930
3931 /**
3932 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3933 *
3934 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3935 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3936 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3937 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3938 * capabilities IE
3939 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3940 * capabilities IE
3941 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3942 * capabilities IE
3943 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3944 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3945 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3946 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3947 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3948 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3949 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
3950 * capabilities element
3951 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
3952 * capabilities element
3953 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
3954 * capabilities element
3955 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
3956 * defined in EHT capabilities element
3957 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3958 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3959 */
3960 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3961 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3962
3963 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3964 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3965 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3966 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3967 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3968 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3969 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3970 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
3971 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
3972 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
3973 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
3974
3975 /* keep last */
3976 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3977 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3978 };
3979
3980 /**
3981 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3982 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3983 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3984 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3985 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3986 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3987 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3988 * defined in 802.11n
3989 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3990 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3991 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3992 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3993 * defined in 802.11ac
3994 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3995 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3996 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3997 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3998 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3999 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4000 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4001 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4002 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4003 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4004 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4005 */
4006 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4007 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4008 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4009 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4010
4011 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4012 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4013 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4014 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4015
4016 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4017 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4018 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4019
4020 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4021 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4022
4023 /* keep last */
4024 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4025 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4026 };
4027
4028 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4029
4030 /**
4031 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4032 *
4033 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4034 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4035 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4036 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4037 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4038 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4039 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4040 */
4041 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4042 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4043 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4044 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4045 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4046 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4047
4048 /* keep last */
4049 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4050 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4051 };
4052
4053 /**
4054 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4055 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4056 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4057 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4058 * regulatory domain.
4059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4060 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4061 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4062 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4063 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4064 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4065 * (100 * dBm).
4066 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4067 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4068 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4069 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4070 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4071 * channel as the control channel
4072 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4073 * channel as the control channel
4074 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4075 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4076 * this includes 80+80 channels
4077 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4078 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4079 * isn't possible
4080 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4081 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4082 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4083 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4084 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4085 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4086 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4087 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4088 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4089 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4090 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4091 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4092 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4093 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4094 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4095 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4096 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4097 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4098 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4099 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4100 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4101 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4102 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4103 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4104 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4105 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4106 * in current regulatory domain.
4107 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4108 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4109 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4110 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4111 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4112 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4113 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4114 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4115 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4116 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4117 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4118 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4119 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4120 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4121 * in current regulatory domain.
4122 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4123 * currently defined
4124 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4125 *
4126 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4127 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4128 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4129 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4130 */
4131 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4132 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4133 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4134 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4135 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4136 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4137 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4138 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4139 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4140 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4141 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4142 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4143 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4144 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4145 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4146 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4147 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4148 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4149 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4150 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4151 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4152 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4153 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4154 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4155 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4156 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4157 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4158 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4159 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4160
4161 /* keep last */
4162 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4163 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4164 };
4165
4166 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4167 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4168 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4169 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4170 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4171 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4172
4173 /**
4174 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4175 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4176 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4177 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4178 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4179 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4180 * currently defined
4181 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4182 */
4183 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4184 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4185 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4186 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4187
4188 /* keep last */
4189 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4190 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4191 };
4192
4193 /**
4194 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4195 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4196 * regulatory domain.
4197 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4198 * regulatory domain.
4199 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4200 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4201 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4202 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4203 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4204 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4205 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4206 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4207 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4208 */
4209 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4210 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4211 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4212 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4213 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4214 };
4215
4216 /**
4217 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4218 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4219 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4220 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4221 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4222 * domain.
4223 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4224 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4225 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4226 * them to be applied.
4227 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4228 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4229 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4230 * domain request to be processed.
4231 */
4232 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4233 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4234 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4235 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4236 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4237 };
4238
4239 /**
4240 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4241 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4242 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4243 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4244 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4245 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4246 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4247 * band edge.
4248 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4249 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4250 * band edge.
4251 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4252 * frequency range, in KHz.
4253 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4254 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4255 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4256 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4257 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4258 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4259 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4260 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4261 * currently defined
4262 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4263 */
4264 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4265 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4266 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4267
4268 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4269 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4270 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4271
4272 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4273 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4274
4275 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4276
4277 /* keep last */
4278 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4279 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4280 };
4281
4282 /**
4283 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4284 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4285 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4286 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4287 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4288 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4289 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4290 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4291 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4292 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4293 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4294 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4295 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4296 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4297 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4298 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4299 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4300 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4301 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4302 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4303 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4304 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4305 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4306 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4307 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4308 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4309 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4310 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4311 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4312 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4313 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4314 * attribute number currently defined
4315 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4316 */
4317 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4318 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4319
4320 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4321 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4322 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4323 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4324 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4325 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4326
4327 /* keep last */
4328 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4329 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4330 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4331 };
4332
4333 /* only for backward compatibility */
4334 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4335
4336 /**
4337 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4338 *
4339 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4340 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4341 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4342 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4343 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4344 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4345 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4346 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4347 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4348 * beaconing.
4349 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4350 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4351 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4352 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4353 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4354 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4355 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4356 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4357 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4358 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4359 */
4360 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4361 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4362 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4363 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4364 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4365 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4366 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4367 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4368 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4369 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4370 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4371 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4372 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4373 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4374 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4375 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4376 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4377 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4378 };
4379
4380 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4381 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4382 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4383 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4384 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4385 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4386
4387 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4388 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4389
4390 /**
4391 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4392 *
4393 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4394 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4395 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4396 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4397 */
4398 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4399 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4400 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4401 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4402 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4403 };
4404
4405 /**
4406 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4407 *
4408 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4409 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4410 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4411 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4412 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4413 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4414 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4415 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4416 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4417 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4418 * supported feature.
4419 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4420 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4421 */
4422 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4423 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4424 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4425 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4426 };
4427
4428 /**
4429 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4430 *
4431 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4432 * when getting information about a survey.
4433 *
4434 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4435 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4436 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4437 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4438 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4439 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4440 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4441 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4442 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4443 * channel was sensed busy
4444 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4445 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4446 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4447 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4448 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4449 * (on this channel or globally)
4450 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4451 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4452 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4453 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4454 * currently defined
4455 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4456 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4457 */
4458 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4459 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4460 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4461 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4462 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4463 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4464 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4465 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4466 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4467 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4468 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4469 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4470 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4471 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4472
4473 /* keep last */
4474 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4475 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4476 };
4477
4478 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4479 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4480 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4481 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4482 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4483 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4484
4485 /**
4486 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4487 *
4488 * Monitor configuration flags.
4489 *
4490 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4491 *
4492 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4493 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4494 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4495 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4496 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4497 * overrides all other flags.
4498 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4499 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4500 *
4501 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4502 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4503 */
4504 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4505 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4506 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4507 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4508 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4509 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4510 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4511 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4512
4513 /* keep last */
4514 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4515 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4516 };
4517
4518 /**
4519 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4520 *
4521 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4522 * not known or has not been set yet.
4523 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4524 * in Awake state all the time.
4525 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4526 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4527 * neighbor's beacons.
4528 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4529 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4530 * for neighbor's beacons.
4531 *
4532 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4533 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4534 */
4535
4536 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4537 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4538 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4539 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4540 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4541
4542 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4543 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4544 };
4545
4546 /**
4547 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4548 *
4549 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4550 * active.
4551 *
4552 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4553 *
4554 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4555 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4556 *
4557 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4558 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4559 *
4560 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4561 * millisecond units
4562 *
4563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4564 * on this mesh interface
4565 *
4566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4567 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4568 * mesh
4569 *
4570 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4571 * point.
4572 *
4573 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4574 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4575 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4576 * set.
4577 *
4578 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4579 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4580 * target)
4581 *
4582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4583 * (in milliseconds)
4584 *
4585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4586 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4587 *
4588 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4589 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4590 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4591 *
4592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4593 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4594 * reference element
4595 *
4596 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4597 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4598 * mesh
4599 *
4600 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4601 *
4602 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4603 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4604 *
4605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4606 * root announcements are transmitted.
4607 *
4608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4609 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4610 * Announcement frames.
4611 *
4612 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4613 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4614 * PERR element.
4615 *
4616 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4617 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4618 *
4619 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4620 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4621 * a peer link.
4622 *
4623 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4624 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4625 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4626 *
4627 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4628 *
4629 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4630 *
4631 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4632 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4633 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4634 *
4635 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4636 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4637 *
4638 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4639 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4640 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4641 *
4642 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4643 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4644 *
4645 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4646 *
4647 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4648 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4649 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4650 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4651 *
4652 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4653 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4654 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4655 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4656 *
4657 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4658 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4659 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4660 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4661 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4662 *
4663 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4664 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4665 * in the mesh formation field.
4666 *
4667 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4668 */
4669 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4670 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4671 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4672 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4673 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4674 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4675 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4676 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4677 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4678 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4679 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4680 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4681 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4682 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4683 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4684 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4685 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4686 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4687 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4688 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4689 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4690 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4691 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4692 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4693 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4694 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4695 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4696 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4697 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4698 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4699 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4700 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4701 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4702
4703 /* keep last */
4704 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4705 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4706 };
4707
4708 /**
4709 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4710 *
4711 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4712 * changed while the mesh is active.
4713 *
4714 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4715 *
4716 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4717 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4718 * default HWMP.
4719 *
4720 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4721 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4722 * metric.
4723 *
4724 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4725 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4726 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4727 * metrics in use.
4728 *
4729 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4730 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4731 *
4732 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4733 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4734 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4735 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4736 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4737 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4738 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4739 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4740 * userspace daemon.
4741 *
4742 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4743 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4744 * neighbor offset synchronization
4745 *
4746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4747 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4748 *
4749 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4750 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4751 * Default is no authentication method required.
4752 *
4753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4754 *
4755 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4756 */
4757 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4758 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4759 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4760 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4761 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4762 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4763 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4764 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4765 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4766 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4767
4768 /* keep last */
4769 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4770 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4771 };
4772
4773 /**
4774 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4775 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4776 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4777 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4778 * disabled
4779 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4780 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4781 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4782 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4783 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4784 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4785 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4786 */
4787 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4788 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4789 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4790 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4791 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4792 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4793 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4794
4795 /* keep last */
4796 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4797 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4798 };
4799
4800 enum nl80211_ac {
4801 NL80211_AC_VO,
4802 NL80211_AC_VI,
4803 NL80211_AC_BE,
4804 NL80211_AC_BK,
4805 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4806 };
4807
4808 /* backward compat */
4809 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4810 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4811 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4812 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4813 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4814
4815 /**
4816 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4817 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4818 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4819 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4820 * below the control channel
4821 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4822 * above the control channel
4823 */
4824 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4825 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4826 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4827 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4828 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4829 };
4830
4831 /**
4832 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4833 *
4834 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4835 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4836 *
4837 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4838 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4839 *
4840 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4841 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4842 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4843 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4844 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4845 */
4846 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4847 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4848 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4849 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4850 };
4851
4852 /**
4853 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4854 *
4855 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4856 * attribute.
4857 *
4858 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4859 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4860 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4861 * attribute must be provided as well
4862 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4863 * attribute must be provided as well
4864 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4865 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4867 * attribute must be provided as well
4868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4869 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4871 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4873 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4874 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4875 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4876 * attribute must be provided as well
4877 */
4878 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4886 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4887 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4888 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4889 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4890 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4891 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4892 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4893 };
4894
4895 /**
4896 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4897 *
4898 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4899 *
4900 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4901 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4902 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4903 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4904 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4905 */
4906 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4907 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4908 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4909 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4910 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4911 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4912 };
4913
4914 /**
4915 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4916 *
4917 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4918 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4919 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4920 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4921 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4922 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4923 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4924 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4925 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4926 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4927 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4928 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4929 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4930 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4931 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4932 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4933 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4934 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4935 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4936 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4937 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4938 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4939 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4940 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4941 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4942 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4943 * yet been received
4944 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4945 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4946 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4947 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4948 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4949 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4950 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4951 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4952 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4953 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4954 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4955 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4956 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4957 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4958 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4959 * is set.
4960 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4961 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4962 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4963 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4964 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
4965 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
4966 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4967 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4968 */
4969 enum nl80211_bss {
4970 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4971 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4972 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4973 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4974 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4975 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4976 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4977 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4978 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4979 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4980 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4981 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4982 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4983 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4984 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4985 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4986 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4987 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4988 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4989 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4990 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4991 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
4992 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
4993
4994 /* keep last */
4995 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4996 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4997 };
4998
4999 /**
5000 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5001 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5002 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5003 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5004 * a given BSS.
5005 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5006 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5007 *
5008 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5009 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5010 */
5011 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5012 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5013 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5014 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5015 };
5016
5017 /**
5018 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5019 *
5020 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5021 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5022 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5023 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5024 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5025 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5026 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5027 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5028 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5029 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5030 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5031 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5032 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5033 */
5034 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5035 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5036 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5037 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5038 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5039 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5040 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5041 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5042 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5043
5044 /* keep last */
5045 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5046 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5047 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5048 };
5049
5050 /**
5051 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5052 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5053 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5054 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5055 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5056 */
5057 enum nl80211_key_type {
5058 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5059 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5060 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5061
5062 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5063 };
5064
5065 /**
5066 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5067 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5068 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5069 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5070 */
5071 enum nl80211_mfp {
5072 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5073 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5074 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5075 };
5076
5077 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5078 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5079 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5080 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5081 };
5082
5083 /**
5084 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5085 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5086 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5087 * unicast key
5088 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5089 * multicast key
5090 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5091 */
5092 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5093 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5094 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5095 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5096
5097 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5098 };
5099
5100 /**
5101 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5102 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5103 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5104 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5105 * keys
5106 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5107 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5108 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5109 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5110 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5111 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5112 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5113 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5114 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5115 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5116 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5117 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5118 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5119 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5120 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5121 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5122 *
5123 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5124 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5125 */
5126 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5127 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5128 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5129 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5130 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5131 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5132 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5133 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5134 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5135 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5136 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5137 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5138
5139 /* keep last */
5140 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5141 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5142 };
5143
5144 /**
5145 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5146 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5147 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5148 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5149 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5150 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5151 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5152 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5153 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5154 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5155 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5156 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5157 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5158 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5159 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5160 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5161 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5162 */
5163 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5164 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5165 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5166 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5167 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5168 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5169 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5170 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5171 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5172
5173 /* keep last */
5174 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5175 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5176 };
5177
5178 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5179 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5180
5181 /**
5182 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5183 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5184 */
5185 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5186 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5187 };
5188
5189 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5190 /**
5191 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5192 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5193 */
5194 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5195 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5196 };
5197
5198 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5199 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5200 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5201 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5202 };
5203
5204 /**
5205 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5206 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5207 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5208 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5209 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5210 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5211 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5212 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5213 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5214 */
5215 enum nl80211_band {
5216 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5217 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5218 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5219 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5220 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5221 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5222
5223 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5224 };
5225
5226 /**
5227 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5228 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5229 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5230 */
5231 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5232 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5233 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5234 };
5235
5236 /**
5237 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5238 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5239 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5240 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5241 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5242 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5243 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5244 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5245 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5246 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5247 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5248 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5249 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5250 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5251 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5252 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5253 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5254 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5256 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5257 * checked.
5258 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5259 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5260 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5261 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5262 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5263 * loss event
5264 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5265 * RSSI threshold event.
5266 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5267 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5268 */
5269 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5270 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5271 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5272 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5273 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5274 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5275 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5276 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5277 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5278 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5279 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5280
5281 /* keep last */
5282 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5283 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5284 };
5285
5286 /**
5287 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5288 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5289 * configured threshold
5290 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5291 * configured threshold
5292 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5293 */
5294 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5295 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5296 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5297 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5298 };
5299
5300
5301 /**
5302 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5303 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5304 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5305 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5306 */
5307 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5308 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5309 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5310 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5311 };
5312
5313 /**
5314 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5315 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5316 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5317 */
5318 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5319 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5320 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5321 };
5322
5323 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5324 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5325 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5326 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5327 */
5328 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5329 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5330 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5331 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5332 };
5333
5334 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5335 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5336 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5337 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5338 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5339 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5340 * per peer instead.
5341 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5342 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5343 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5344 * should be left untouched.
5345 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5346 * Its type is u16.
5347 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5348 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5349 * Its type is u8.
5350 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5351 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5352 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5353 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5354 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5355 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5356 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5357 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5358 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5359 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5360 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5361 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5362 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5363 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5364 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5365 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5366 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5367 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5368 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5369 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5370 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5371 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5372 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5373 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5374 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5375 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5376 * station.
5377 */
5378 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5379 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5380 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5381 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5382 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5383 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5384 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5385 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5386 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5387 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5388 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5389 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5390 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5391 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5392 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5393
5394 /* keep last */
5395 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5396 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5397 };
5398
5399 /**
5400 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5401 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5402 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5403 * a zero bit are ignored
5404 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5405 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5406 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5407 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5408 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5409 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5410 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5411 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5412 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5413 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5414 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5415 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5416 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5417 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5418 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5419 */
5420 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5421 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5422 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5423 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5424 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5425
5426 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5427 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5428 };
5429
5430 /**
5431 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5432 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5433 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5434 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5435 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5436 *
5437 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5438 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5439 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5440 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5441 * by the kernel to userspace.
5442 */
5443 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5444 __u32 max_patterns;
5445 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5446 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5447 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5448 } __attribute__((packed));
5449
5450 /* only for backward compatibility */
5451 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5452 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5453 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5454 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5455 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5456 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5457 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5458
5459 /**
5460 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5461 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5462 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5463 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5464 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5465 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5466 * any others are even supported by the device.
5467 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5468 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5469 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5470 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5471 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5472 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5473 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5474 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5475 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5476 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5477 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5478 *
5479 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5480 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5481 *
5482 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5483 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5484 * to the kernel when configuring.
5485 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5486 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5487 * by the device (flag)
5488 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5489 * done by the device) (flag)
5490 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5491 * packet (flag)
5492 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5493 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5494 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5495 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5496 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5497 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5498 * attribute contains the original length.
5499 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5500 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5501 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5502 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5503 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5504 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5505 * contains the original length.
5506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5507 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5508 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5509 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5510 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5511 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5512 * the TCP connection.
5513 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5514 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5515 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5516 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5517 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5518 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5519 * service
5520 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5521 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5522 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5523 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5524 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5525 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5526 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5527 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5528 * supported by the driver (u32).
5529 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5530 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5531 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5532 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5533 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5534 * occurred.
5535 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5536 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5538 * these attributes must be present. If
5539 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5540 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5541 * channel.
5542 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5543 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5544 *
5545 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5546 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5547 */
5548 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5549 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5550 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5551 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5552 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5553 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5554 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5555 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5556 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5557 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5558 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5559 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5560 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5561 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5562 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5563 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5564 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5565 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5566 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5567 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5568 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5569
5570 /* keep last */
5571 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5572 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5573 };
5574
5575 /**
5576 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5577 *
5578 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5579 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5580 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5581 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5582 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5583 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5584 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5585 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5586 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5587 *
5588 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5589 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5590 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5591 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5592 * also woken up.
5593 *
5594 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5595 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5596 */
5597
5598 /**
5599 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5600 * @start: starting value
5601 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5602 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5603 *
5604 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5605 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5606 * in little endian.
5607 */
5608 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5609 __u32 start, offset, len;
5610 };
5611
5612 /**
5613 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5614 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5615 * @len: length of each token
5616 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5617 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5618 */
5619 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5620 __u32 offset, len;
5621 __u8 token_stream[];
5622 };
5623
5624 /**
5625 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5626 * @min_len: minimum token length
5627 * @max_len: maximum token length
5628 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5629 */
5630 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5631 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5632 };
5633
5634 /**
5635 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5636 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5637 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5638 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5639 * (in network byte order)
5640 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5641 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5642 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5643 * might require ARP querying.
5644 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5645 * socket and port will be allocated
5646 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5648 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5649 * of the data payload.
5650 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5651 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5652 * advertising it is just a flag
5653 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5654 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5655 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5656 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5657 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5658 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5659 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5660 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5661 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5662 * but on the TCP payload only.
5663 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5664 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5665 */
5666 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5667 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5668 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5669 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5670 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5671 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5672 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5673 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5674 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5675 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5676 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5677 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5678 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5679
5680 /* keep last */
5681 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5682 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5683 };
5684
5685 /**
5686 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5687 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5688 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5689 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5690 *
5691 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5692 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5693 */
5694 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5695 __u32 max_rules;
5696 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5697 __u32 max_delay;
5698 } __attribute__((packed));
5699
5700 /**
5701 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5702 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5703 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5704 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5705 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5706 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5707 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5708 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5709 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5710 */
5711 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5712 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5713 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5714 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5715 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5716
5717 /* keep last */
5718 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5719 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5720 };
5721
5722 /**
5723 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5724 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5725 * in a rule are matched.
5726 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5727 * in a rule are not matched.
5728 */
5729 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5730 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5731 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5732 };
5733
5734 /**
5735 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5736 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5737 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5738 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5739 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5740 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5741 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5742 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5743 */
5744 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5745 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5746 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5747 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5748
5749 /* keep last */
5750 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5751 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5752 };
5753
5754 /**
5755 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5756 *
5757 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5758 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5759 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5760 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5761 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5762 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5763 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5764 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5765 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5766 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5767 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5768 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5769 * different channels may be used within this group.
5770 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5771 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5772 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5773 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5774 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5775 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5776 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5777 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5778 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5779 *
5780 * Examples:
5781 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5782 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5783 *
5784 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5785 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5786 *
5787 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5788 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5789 *
5790 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5791 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5792 *
5793 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5794 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5795 * that any of these groups must match.
5796 *
5797 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5798 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5799 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5800 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5801 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5802 */
5803 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5804 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5805 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5806 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5807 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5808 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5809 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5810 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5811 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5812
5813 /* keep last */
5814 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5815 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5816 };
5817
5818
5819 /**
5820 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5821 *
5822 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5823 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5824 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5825 * this mesh peer
5826 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5827 * from this mesh peer
5828 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5829 * received from this mesh peer
5830 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5831 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5832 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5833 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5834 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5835 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5836 */
5837 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5838 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5839 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5840 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5841 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5842 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5843 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5844 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5845
5846 /* keep last */
5847 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5848 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5849 };
5850
5851 /**
5852 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5853 *
5854 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5855 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5856 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5857 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5858 */
5859 enum plink_actions {
5860 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5861 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5862 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5863
5864 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5865 };
5866
5867
5868 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5869 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5870 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5871 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5872 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5873
5874 /**
5875 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5876 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5877 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5878 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5879 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5880 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5881 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5882 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5883 */
5884 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5885 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5886 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5887 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5888 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5889 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5890
5891 /* keep last */
5892 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5893 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5894 };
5895
5896 /**
5897 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5898 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5899 * Beacon frames)
5900 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5901 * in Beacon frames
5902 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5903 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5904 */
5905 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5906 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5907 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5908 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5909 };
5910
5911 /**
5912 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5913 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5914 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5915 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5916 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5917 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5918 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5919 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5920 */
5921 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5922 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5923 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5924 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5925
5926 /* keep last */
5927 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5928 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5929 };
5930
5931 /**
5932 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5933 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5934 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5935 * priority)
5936 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5937 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5938 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5939 * (internal)
5940 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5941 * (internal)
5942 */
5943 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5944 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5945 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5946 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5947 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5948
5949 /* keep last */
5950 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5951 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5952 };
5953
5954 /**
5955 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5956 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5957 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5958 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5959 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5960 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5961 */
5962 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5963 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5964 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5965 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5966 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5967 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5968 };
5969
5970 /**
5971 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5972 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
5973 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
5974 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
5975 */
5976 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5977 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
5978 };
5979
5980 /**
5981 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5982 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5983 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5984 * socket option.
5985 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5986 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5987 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5988 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5989 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
5990 * cellular base stations.
5991 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5992 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5993 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5994 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5995 * mode
5996 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5997 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5998 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5999 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6000 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6001 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6002 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6003 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6004 * setting
6005 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6006 * powersave
6007 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6008 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6009 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6010 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6011 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6012 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6013 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6014 * states using station flags.
6015 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6016 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6017 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6018 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6019 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6020 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6021 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6022 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6023 * still generated by the driver.
6024 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6025 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6026 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6027 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6028 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6029 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6030 * lifetime of a BSS.
6031 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6032 * Set IE to probe requests.
6033 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6034 * to probe requests.
6035 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6036 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6037 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6038 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6039 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6040 * Measurement Report action frame.
6041 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6042 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6043 * to enable dynack.
6044 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6045 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6046 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6047 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6048 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6049 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6050 * rts/cts handshake.
6051 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6052 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6053 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6054 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6055 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6056 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6057 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6058 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6059 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6060 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6061 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6062 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6063 * address mask/value will be used.
6064 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6065 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6066 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6067 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6068 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6069 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6070 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6071 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6072 */
6073 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6074 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6075 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6076 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6077 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6078 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6079 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6080 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6081 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6082 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6083 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6084 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6085 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6086 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6087 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6088 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6089 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6090 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6091 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6092 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6093 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6094 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6095 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6096 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6097 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6098 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6099 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6100 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6101 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6102 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6103 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6104 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6105 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6106 };
6107
6108 /**
6109 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6110 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6111 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6112 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6113 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6114 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6115 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6116 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6117 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6118 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6119 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6120 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6121 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6122 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6123 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6124 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6125 * (if available).
6126 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6127 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6128 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6129 * (if available).
6130 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6131 * channel dwell time.
6132 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6133 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6135 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6136 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6137 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6138 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6139 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6140 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6141 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6142 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6143 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6144 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6145 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6146 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6147 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6148 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6149 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6150 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6151 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6152 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6153 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6154 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6155 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6156 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6157 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6158 * be supported.
6159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6160 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6161 * actual dwell time.
6162 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6163 * response
6164 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6165 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6166 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6167 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6169 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6170 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6171 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6172 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6173 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6174 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6175 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6176 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6177 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6178 * "radar detected" event.
6179 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6180 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6181 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6182 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6183 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6184 * TXQs.
6185 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6186 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6188 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6189 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6190 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6191 * timing measurement responder role.
6192 *
6193 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6194 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6195 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6196 * freeze the connection.
6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6198 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6199 *
6200 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6201 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6202 * scheduling.
6203 *
6204 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6205 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6206 *
6207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6208 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6209 *
6210 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6211 * to a station.
6212 *
6213 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6214 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6215 *
6216 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6217 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6218 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6219 *
6220 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6221 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6222 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6223 *
6224 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6225 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6226 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6227 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6228 *
6229 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6230 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6231 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6232 *
6233 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6234 *
6235 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6236 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6237 *
6238 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6239 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6240 *
6241 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6242 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6243 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6244 * included in the scan request.
6245 *
6246 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6247 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6248 *
6249 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6250 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6251 *
6252 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6253 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6254 * command).
6255 *
6256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6257 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6258 *
6259 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6260 * frames transmission
6261 *
6262 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6263 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6264 *
6265 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6266 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6267 *
6268 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6269 * exchange protocol.
6270 *
6271 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6272 * exchange protocol.
6273 *
6274 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6275 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6276 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6277 *
6278 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6279 * detection and change announcemnts.
6280 *
6281 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6282 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6283 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6285 *
6286 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6287 * detection.
6288 *
6289 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6290 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6291 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6292 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6293 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6294 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6295 * in progress, and no active connections.
6296 *
6297 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6298 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6299 */
6300 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6301 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6302 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6303 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6304 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6305 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6306 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6307 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6308 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6309 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6310 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6311 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6312 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6313 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6314 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6315 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6316 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6317 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6318 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6319 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6320 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6321 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6322 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6323 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6324 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6325 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6326 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6327 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6328 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6329 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6330 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6331 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6332 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6333 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6334 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6335 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6336 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6337 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6338 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6339 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6340 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6341 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6342 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6343 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6344 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6345 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6346 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6347 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6348 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6349 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6350 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6351 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6352 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6353 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6354 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6355 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6356 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6357 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6358 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6359 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6360 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6361 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6362 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6363 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6364 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6365
6366 /* add new features before the definition below */
6367 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6368 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6369 };
6370
6371 /**
6372 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6373 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6374 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6375 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6376 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6377 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6378 * to the host.
6379 *
6380 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6381 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6382 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6383 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6384 */
6385 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6386 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6387 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6388 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6389 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6390 };
6391
6392 /**
6393 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6394 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6395 * handled by the AP is reached.
6396 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6397 */
6398 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6399 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6400 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6401 };
6402
6403 /**
6404 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6405 *
6406 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6407 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6408 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6409 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6410 */
6411 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6412 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6413 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6414 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6415 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6416 };
6417
6418 /**
6419 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6420 *
6421 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6422 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6423 * requests.
6424 *
6425 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6426 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6427 * one of them can be used in the request.
6428 *
6429 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6430 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6431 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6432 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6433 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6434 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6435 * when really needed
6436 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6437 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6438 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6439 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6440 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6441 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6442 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6443 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6444 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6445 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6446 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6447 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6448 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6449 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6450 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6451 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6452 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6453 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6454 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6455 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6456 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6457 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6458 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6459 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6460 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6461 * impacted with this flag.
6462 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6463 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6464 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6465 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6466 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6467 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6468 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6469 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6470 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6471 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6472 * possible.
6473 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6474 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6475 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6476 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6477 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6478 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6479 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6480 * 2.4/5 GHz APs
6481 */
6482 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6483 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6484 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6485 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6486 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6487 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6488 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6489 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6490 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6491 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6492 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6493 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6494 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6495 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6496 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6497 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6498 };
6499
6500 /**
6501 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6502 *
6503 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6504 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6505 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6506 *
6507 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6508 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6509 * in ACL to authenticate.
6510 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6511 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6512 */
6513 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6514 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6515 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6516 };
6517
6518 /**
6519 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6520 *
6521 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6522 *
6523 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6524 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6525 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6526 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6527 */
6528 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6529 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6530 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6531 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6532
6533 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6534 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6535 };
6536
6537 /**
6538 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6539 *
6540 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6541 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6542 *
6543 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6544 * now unusable.
6545 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6546 * the channel is now available.
6547 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6548 * change to the channel status.
6549 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6550 * over, channel becomes usable.
6551 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6552 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6553 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6554 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6555 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6556 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6557 */
6558 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6559 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6560 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6561 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6562 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6563 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6564 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6565 };
6566
6567 /**
6568 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6569 *
6570 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6571 *
6572 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6573 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6574 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6575 * is therefore marked as not available.
6576 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6577 */
6578 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6579 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6580 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6581 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6582 };
6583
6584 /**
6585 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6586 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6587 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6588 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6589 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6590 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6591 */
6592 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6593 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6594 };
6595
6596 /**
6597 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6598 *
6599 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6600 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6601 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6602 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6603 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6604 */
6605 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6606 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6607 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6608 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6609 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6610 /* add other protocols before this one */
6611 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6612 };
6613
6614 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6615 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6616
6617 /**
6618 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6619 *
6620 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6621 *
6622 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6623 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6624 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6625 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6626 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6627 */
6628 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6629 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6630 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6631 };
6632
6633 /*
6634 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6635 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6636 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6637 */
6638 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6639
6640 /**
6641 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6642 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6643 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6644 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6645 * added to this file when needed.
6646 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6647 */
6648 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6649 __u32 vendor_id;
6650 __u32 subcmd;
6651 };
6652
6653 /**
6654 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6655 *
6656 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6657 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6658 *
6659 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6660 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6661 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6662 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6663 */
6664 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6665 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6666 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6667 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6668 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6669 };
6670
6671 /**
6672 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6673 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6674 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6675 * seconds (u32).
6676 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6677 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6678 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6679 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6680 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6681 * currently defined
6682 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6683 */
6684 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6685 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6686 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6687 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6688
6689 /* keep last */
6690 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6691 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6692 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6693 };
6694
6695 /**
6696 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6697 *
6698 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6699 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6700 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6701 */
6702 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6703 __u8 band;
6704 __s8 delta;
6705 } __attribute__((packed));
6706
6707 /**
6708 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6709 *
6710 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6711 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6712 * is requested.
6713 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6714 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6715 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6716 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6717 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6718 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6719 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6720 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6721 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6722 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6723 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6724 *
6725 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6726 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6727 * which the driver shall use.
6728 */
6729 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6730 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6731 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6732 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6733 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6734
6735 /* keep last */
6736 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6737 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6738 };
6739
6740 /**
6741 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6742 *
6743 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6744 *
6745 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6746 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6747 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6748 */
6749 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6750 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6751 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6752 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6753
6754 /* keep last */
6755 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6756 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6757 };
6758
6759 /**
6760 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6761 *
6762 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6763 *
6764 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6765 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6766 */
6767 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6768 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6769 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6770 };
6771
6772 /**
6773 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6774 *
6775 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6776 *
6777 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6778 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6779 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6780 */
6781 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6782 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6783 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6784 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6785 };
6786
6787 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6788 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6789 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6790
6791 /**
6792 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6793 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6794 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6795 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6796 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6797 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6798 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6799 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6800 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6801 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6802 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6803 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6804 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6805 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6806 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6807 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6808 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6809 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6810 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6811 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6812 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6813 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6814 * This is a flag.
6815 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6816 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6817 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6818 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6819 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6820 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6821 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6822 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6823 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6824 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6825 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6826 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6827 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6828 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6829 *
6830 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6831 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6832 */
6833 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6834 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6835 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6836 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6837 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6838 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6839 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6840 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6841 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6842 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6843 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6844 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6845 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6846 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6847 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6848 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6849 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6850 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6851
6852 /* keep last */
6853 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6854 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6855 };
6856
6857 /**
6858 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6859 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6860 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6861 * This is a flag.
6862 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6863 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6864 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6865 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6866 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6867 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6868 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6869 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6870 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6871 */
6872 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6873 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6874 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6875 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6876 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6877 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6878
6879 /* keep last */
6880 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6881 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6882 };
6883
6884 /**
6885 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6886 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6887 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6888 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6889 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6890 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6891 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6892 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6893 *
6894 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6895 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6896 */
6897 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6898 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6899 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6900 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6901
6902 /* keep last */
6903 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6904 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6905 };
6906
6907 /**
6908 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6909 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6910 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6911 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6912 */
6913 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6914 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6915 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6916 };
6917
6918 /**
6919 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6920 * responder attributes
6921 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6922 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6923 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6924 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6925 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6926 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6927 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6928 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6929 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6930 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6931 */
6932 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6933 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6934
6935 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6936 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6937 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6938
6939 /* keep last */
6940 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6941 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6942 };
6943
6944 /*
6945 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6946 *
6947 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6948 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6949 *
6950 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6951 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6952 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6953 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6954 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6955 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6956 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6957 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6958 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6959 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6960 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6961 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6962 * phase with the responder (u32)
6963 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6964 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6965 * FTM slot (u32)
6966 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6967 * scheduled window (u32)
6968 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6969 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6970 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6971 */
6972 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6973 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6974 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6975 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6976 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6977 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6978 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6979 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6980 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6981 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6982 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6983 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6984
6985 /* keep last */
6986 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6987 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6988 };
6989
6990 /**
6991 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6992 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6993 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6994 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6995 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6996 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6997 */
6998 enum nl80211_preamble {
6999 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7000 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7001 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7002 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7003 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7004 };
7005
7006 /**
7007 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7009 * these numbers also for attributes
7010 *
7011 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7012 *
7013 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7014 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7015 */
7016 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7017 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7018
7019 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7020
7021 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7022 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7023 };
7024
7025 /**
7026 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7028 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7029 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7030 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7031 * reason may be available in the response data
7032 */
7033 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7034 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7035 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7036 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7037 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7038 };
7039
7040 /**
7041 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7042 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7043 *
7044 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7045 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7046 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7047 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7048 * (flag attribute)
7049 *
7050 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7052 */
7053 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7054 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7055
7056 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7057 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7058
7059 /* keep last */
7060 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7061 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7062 };
7063
7064 /**
7065 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7066 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7067 *
7068 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7069 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7070 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7071 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7072 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7073 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7074 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7075 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7076 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7077 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7078 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7079 * (u64, usec)
7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7081 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7082 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7083 * result.
7084 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7085 *
7086 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7088 */
7089 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7090 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7091
7092 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7093 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7094 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7095 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7096 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7097 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7098
7099 /* keep last */
7100 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7101 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7102 };
7103
7104 /**
7105 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7106 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7107 *
7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7109 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7110 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7111 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7112 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7113 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7115 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7116 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7117 *
7118 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7119 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7120 */
7121 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7122 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7123
7124 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7125 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7126 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7127 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7128
7129 /* keep last */
7130 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7131 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7132 };
7133
7134 /**
7135 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7136 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7137 *
7138 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7139 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7140 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7141 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7142 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7143 * measurement results
7144 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7145 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7146 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7147 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7148 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7149 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7150 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7151 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7152 * sub-attributes taken from
7153 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7154 *
7155 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7156 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7157 */
7158 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7159 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7160
7161 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7162 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7163 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7164 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7165 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7166
7167 /* keep last */
7168 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7169 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7170 };
7171
7172 /**
7173 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7174 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7175 *
7176 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7177 * is supported
7178 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7179 * mode is supported
7180 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7181 * data can be requested during the measurement
7182 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7183 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7184 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7185 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7186 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7187 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7188 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7189 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7190 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7191 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7192 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7193 * is valid)
7194 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7195 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7196 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7197 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7198 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7199 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7200 *
7201 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7202 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7203 */
7204 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7205 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7206
7207 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7208 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7209 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7210 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7211 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7212 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7213 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7214 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7215 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7217
7218 /* keep last */
7219 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7220 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7221 };
7222
7223 /**
7224 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7225 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7226 *
7227 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7228 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7229 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7231 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7232 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7233 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7234 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7236 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7237 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7239 * requested per burst
7240 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7242 * (u8, default 3)
7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7244 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7245 * (flag)
7246 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7247 * measurement (flag).
7248 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7249 * mutually exclusive.
7250 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7251 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7252 * ranging will be used.
7253 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7254 * ranging measurement (flag)
7255 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7256 * mutually exclusive.
7257 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7258 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7259 * ranging will be used.
7260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7261 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7262 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7263 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7264 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7265 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7266 *
7267 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7268 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7269 */
7270 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7271 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7272
7273 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7274 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7275 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7276 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7277 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7278 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7279 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7280 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7281 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7282 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7283 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7286
7287 /* keep last */
7288 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7290 };
7291
7292 /**
7293 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7294 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7295 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7296 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7298 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7299 * try and get no response)
7300 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7302 * received
7303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7304 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7305 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7306 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7307 */
7308 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7309 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7310 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7311 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7313 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7314 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7315 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7316 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7317 };
7318
7319 /**
7320 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7321 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7322 *
7323 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7324 * (u32, optional)
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7326 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7327 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7328 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7329 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7331 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7333 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7335 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7337 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7339 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7341 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7343 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7345 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7346 * attributes)
7347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7348 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7350 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7351 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7352 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7354 * optional)
7355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7356 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7358 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7360 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7361 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7362 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7363 * Type 8.
7364 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7365 * (binary, optional);
7366 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7367 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7368 * Type 11.
7369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7370 *
7371 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7373 */
7374 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7375 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7376
7377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7380 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7381 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7382 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7383 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7384 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7385 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7386 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7387 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7388 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7395 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7398
7399 /* keep last */
7400 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7401 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7402 };
7403
7404 /**
7405 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7406 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7407 *
7408 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7409 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7410 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7411 * tx power offset.
7412 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7413 * values used by members of the SRG.
7414 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7415 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7416 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7417 *
7418 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7419 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7420 */
7421 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7422 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7423
7424 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7425 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7426 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7427 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7428 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7429 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7430
7431 /* keep last */
7432 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7433 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7434 };
7435
7436 /**
7437 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7438 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7439 *
7440 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7441 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7442 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7443 *
7444 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7445 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7446 */
7447 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7448 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7449
7450 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7451 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7452 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7453
7454 /* keep last */
7455 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7456 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7457 };
7458
7459 /**
7460 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7461 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7462 *
7463 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7464 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7465 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7466 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7467 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7468 *
7469 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7470 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7471 */
7472 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7473 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7474
7475 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7476 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7477
7478 /* keep last */
7479 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7480 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7481 };
7482
7483 /**
7484 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7485 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7486 *
7487 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7488 *
7489 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7490 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7491 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7492 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7493 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7494 * frame including the headers.
7495 *
7496 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7497 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7498 */
7499 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7500 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7501
7502 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7503 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7504 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7505
7506 /* keep last */
7507 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7508 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7509 };
7510
7511 /*
7512 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7513 * mandatory fields.
7514 */
7515 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7516
7517 /**
7518 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7519 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7520 *
7521 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7522 *
7523 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7524 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7525 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7526 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7527 * frame template (binary).
7528 *
7529 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7530 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7531 */
7532 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7533 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7534
7535 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7536 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7537
7538 /* keep last */
7539 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7540 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7541 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7542 };
7543
7544 /**
7545 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7546 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7547 * used.
7548 *
7549 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7550 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7551 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7552 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7553 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7554 * can be used.
7555 */
7556 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7557 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7558 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7559 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7560 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7561 };
7562
7563 /**
7564 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7565 *
7566 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7567 *
7568 */
7569 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7570 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7571
7572 /* add new type here */
7573
7574 /* Keep last */
7575 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7576 };
7577
7578 /**
7579 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7580 *
7581 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7582 *
7583 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7584 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7585 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7586 *
7587 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7588 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7589 *
7590 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7591 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7592 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7593 *
7594 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7595 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7596 *
7597 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7598 */
7599 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7600 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7601
7602 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7603 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7604
7605 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7606 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7607 };
7608
7609 /**
7610 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7611 *
7612 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7613 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7614 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7615 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7616 *
7617 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7618 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7619 * is applied to this range.
7620 *
7621 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7622 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7623 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7624 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7625 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7626 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7627 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7628 *
7629 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7630 *
7631 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7632 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7633 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7634 *
7635 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7636 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7637 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7638 *
7639 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7640 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7641 */
7642 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7643 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7644
7645 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7646 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7647 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7648 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7649
7650 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7651 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7652 };
7653
7654 /**
7655 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7656 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7657 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7658 * MBSSID and EMA.
7659 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7660 * features.
7661 *
7662 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7663 *
7664 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7665 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7666 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7667 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7668 *
7669 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7670 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7671 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7672 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7673 * a non-zero value.
7674 *
7675 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7676 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7677 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7678 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7679 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7680 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7681 *
7682 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7683 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7684 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7685 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7686 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7687 * the interface index of the same.
7688 *
7689 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7690 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7691 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7692 *
7693 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7694 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7695 */
7696 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7697 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7698
7699 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7700 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7701 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7702 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7703 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7704
7705 /* keep last */
7706 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7707 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7708 };
7709
7710 /**
7711 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7712 *
7713 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7714 * authentication.
7715 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7716 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7717 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7718 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7719 * userspace.
7720 */
7721 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7722 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7723 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7724 };
7725
7726 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */